1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
30 #include "blockinput.h"
31 #include "syssignal.h"
33 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
34 if this is not done before the other system files. */
36 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
38 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
40 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
43 /* Using Xft implies that XRender is available. */
45 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
48 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
49 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
51 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
61 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
62 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
65 #include "character.h"
68 #include "dispextern.h"
70 #include "termhooks.h"
73 #include "emacs-icon.h"
78 #include "intervals.h"
83 #include "xsettings.h"
85 #include "sysselect.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
101 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
145 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
148 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
152 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
155 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
158 static bool any_help_event_p
;
160 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
163 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
167 /* The application context for Xt use. */
168 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
169 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
171 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
172 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
174 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
176 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
177 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
178 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
180 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
182 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
184 static int x_noop_count
;
187 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
188 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
191 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
192 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
196 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
201 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
202 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
203 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
204 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
206 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
207 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
208 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
210 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
211 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
212 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
213 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
214 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
217 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
218 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, bool, int, int);
219 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
220 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
221 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
222 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
223 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
224 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
225 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
226 static void x_clear_area1 (Display
*, Window
, int, int, int, int, int);
227 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
228 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
229 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
230 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
231 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
232 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
233 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
234 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
235 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
236 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
237 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
238 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
240 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
241 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
242 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
243 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
244 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
245 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
, int);
246 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
247 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
248 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
250 static void x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
251 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
252 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
254 static bool x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
255 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
256 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
257 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, bool);
258 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
259 const XEvent
*, int *,
260 struct input_event
*);
261 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
262 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
264 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
265 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
266 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *, bool);
267 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
268 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
269 static void x_initialize (void);
271 static bool get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*, Window
, int *, bool *);
273 /* Flush display of frame F. */
276 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
278 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
279 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
280 connection may be broken. */
281 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
285 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
290 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
291 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
292 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
293 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
294 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
297 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
300 /***********************************************************************
302 ***********************************************************************/
306 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
307 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
315 struct record event_record
[100];
317 int event_record_index
;
320 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
322 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
323 event_record_index
= 0;
325 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
326 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
327 event_record_index
++;
332 static void x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*);
333 static void x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*, GC
, XRectangle
*, int);
334 static void x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*, GC
);
335 static void x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int, int, int);
336 static void x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int, int, int);
337 static void x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int,
339 static void x_clear_window (struct frame
*);
342 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*, GC
, int);
343 static void x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*);
344 static cairo_status_t
x_cr_accumulate_data (void *,
345 const unsigned char *,
348 #define FRAME_CR_CONTEXT(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_context)
349 #define FRAME_CR_SURFACE(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_surface)
351 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*
352 x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int create_if_not_found_p
)
354 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
356 XExtData
**head
, *ext_data
;
359 head
= XEHeadOfExtensionList (object
);
360 ext_data
= XFindOnExtensionList (head
, dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
);
361 if (ext_data
== NULL
)
363 if (!create_if_not_found_p
)
367 ext_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (*ext_data
));
368 ext_data
->number
= dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
;
369 ext_data
->private_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct x_gc_ext_data
));
370 XAddToExtensionList (head
, ext_data
);
373 return (struct x_gc_ext_data
*) ext_data
->private_data
;
377 x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
379 XExtCodes
*ext_codes
= XAddExtension (dpyinfo
->display
);
381 dpyinfo
->ext_codes
= ext_codes
;
385 x_cr_destroy_surface (struct frame
*f
)
387 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
389 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
390 cairo_surface_destroy (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
391 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = 0;
392 if (cr
) cairo_destroy (cr
);
393 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
398 x_begin_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
400 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
405 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
407 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
408 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
410 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
411 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
),
412 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
));
413 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
414 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
417 cr
= cairo_create (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
418 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
424 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
426 if (gc_ext
&& gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
)
430 for (i
= 0; i
< gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
; i
++)
431 cairo_rectangle (cr
, gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].x
,
432 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].y
,
433 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].width
,
434 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].height
);
443 x_end_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
)
445 cairo_restore (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
));
449 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
454 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
455 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.foreground
;
456 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
457 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
458 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
462 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
467 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
468 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.background
;
469 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
470 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
471 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
474 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
476 static int max_fringe_bmp
= 0;
477 static cairo_pattern_t
**fringe_bmp
= 0;
480 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap (int which
, unsigned short *bits
, int h
, int wd
)
483 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
485 cairo_pattern_t
*pattern
;
487 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
490 max_fringe_bmp
= which
+ 20;
491 fringe_bmp
= (cairo_pattern_t
**) xrealloc (fringe_bmp
, max_fringe_bmp
* sizeof (cairo_pattern_t
*));
492 while (i
< max_fringe_bmp
)
498 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
, wd
, h
);
499 stride
= cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface
);
500 data
= cairo_image_surface_get_data (surface
);
502 for (i
= 0; i
< h
; i
++)
504 *((unsigned short *) data
) = bits
[i
];
508 cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface
);
509 pattern
= cairo_pattern_create_for_surface (surface
);
510 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
514 fringe_bmp
[which
] = pattern
;
518 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap (int which
)
520 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
523 if (fringe_bmp
[which
])
526 cairo_pattern_destroy (fringe_bmp
[which
]);
529 fringe_bmp
[which
] = 0;
533 x_cr_draw_image (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, cairo_pattern_t
*image
,
534 int src_x
, int src_y
, int width
, int height
,
535 int dest_x
, int dest_y
, bool overlay_p
)
538 cairo_matrix_t matrix
;
539 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
540 cairo_format_t format
;
542 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
544 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
547 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
548 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
549 cairo_fill_preserve (cr
);
552 cairo_matrix_init_translate (&matrix
, src_x
- dest_x
, src_y
- dest_y
);
553 cairo_pattern_set_matrix (image
, &matrix
);
554 cairo_pattern_get_surface (image
, &surface
);
555 format
= cairo_image_surface_get_format (surface
);
556 if (format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A8
&& format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
)
558 cairo_set_source (cr
, image
);
563 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
564 cairo_mask (cr
, image
);
570 x_cr_draw_frame (cairo_t
*cr
, struct frame
*f
)
574 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
575 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
577 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
578 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
579 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
580 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
581 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
584 static cairo_status_t
585 x_cr_accumulate_data (void *closure
, const unsigned char *data
,
588 Lisp_Object
*acc
= (Lisp_Object
*) closure
;
590 *acc
= Fcons (make_unibyte_string (data
, length
), *acc
);
592 return CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS
;
596 x_cr_destroy (Lisp_Object arg
)
598 cairo_t
*cr
= (cairo_t
*) XSAVE_POINTER (arg
, 0);
606 x_cr_export_frames (Lisp_Object frames
, cairo_surface_type_t surface_type
)
609 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
612 void (*surface_set_size_func
) (cairo_surface_t
*, double, double) = NULL
;
613 Lisp_Object acc
= Qnil
, args
[2];
614 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
618 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
619 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
620 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
621 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
624 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE
625 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PDF
)
627 surface
= cairo_pdf_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
629 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_pdf_surface_set_size
;
633 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
634 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
635 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24
, width
, height
);
638 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE
639 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PS
)
641 surface
= cairo_ps_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
643 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_ps_surface_set_size
;
647 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE
648 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_SVG
)
649 surface
= cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
655 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
656 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
657 record_unwind_protect (x_cr_destroy
, make_save_ptr (cr
));
665 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
666 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
667 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
668 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
669 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
676 cairo_surface_show_page (surface
);
677 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
678 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
679 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
680 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
681 if (surface_set_size_func
)
682 (*surface_set_size_func
) (surface
, width
, height
);
686 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
687 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
690 cairo_surface_flush (surface
);
691 cairo_surface_write_to_png_stream (surface
, x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
);
695 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
697 args
[0] = intern ("concat");
698 args
[1] = Fnreverse (acc
);
699 return Fapply (2, args
);
702 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
705 x_free_cr_resources (struct frame
*f
)
710 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
711 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
712 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
713 x_free_cr_resources (XFRAME (frame
));
717 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
721 cairo_surface_t
*surface
= cairo_get_target (cr
);
723 if (cairo_surface_get_type (surface
) == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_XLIB
)
726 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
734 x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, XRectangle
*rectangles
, int n
)
736 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, rectangles
, n
, Unsorted
);
738 eassert (n
>= 0 && n
<= MAX_CLIP_RECTS
);
741 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 1);
743 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= n
;
744 memcpy (gc_ext
->clip_rects
, rectangles
, sizeof (XRectangle
) * n
);
750 x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
752 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
755 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
758 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= 0;
764 x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
769 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
770 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
771 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
775 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
776 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
781 x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
786 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
787 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
788 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5, width
, height
);
789 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
793 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
794 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
799 x_clear_window (struct frame
*f
)
804 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
805 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
809 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
815 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
816 int width
, int height
, int top_p
)
820 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
821 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
822 cairo_move_to (cr
, top_p
? x
: x
+ height
, y
);
823 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
, y
+ height
);
824 cairo_line_to (cr
, top_p
? x
+ width
- height
: x
+ width
, y
+ height
);
825 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
+ width
, y
);
832 CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
, /* 0 -> pi/2 */
833 CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
, /* pi/2 -> pi */
834 CORNER_TOP_LEFT
, /* pi -> 3pi/2 */
835 CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
, /* 3pi/2 -> 2pi */
840 x_erase_corners_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
841 int width
, int height
,
842 double radius
, double margin
, int corners
)
847 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
848 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
849 for (i
= 0; i
< CORNER_LAST
; i
++)
850 if (corners
& (1 << i
))
852 double xm
, ym
, xc
, yc
;
854 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
)
855 xm
= x
- margin
, xc
= xm
+ radius
;
857 xm
= x
+ width
+ margin
, xc
= xm
- radius
;
858 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
)
859 ym
= y
- margin
, yc
= ym
+ radius
;
861 ym
= y
+ height
+ margin
, yc
= ym
- radius
;
863 cairo_move_to (cr
, xm
, ym
);
864 cairo_arc (cr
, xc
, yc
, radius
, i
* M_PI_2
, (i
+ 1) * M_PI_2
);
867 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
873 x_draw_horizontal_wave (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
874 int width
, int height
, int wave_length
)
877 double dx
= wave_length
, dy
= height
- 1;
880 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
881 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
882 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
887 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2);
889 xoffset
= wave_length
* 2;
892 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2) + wave_length
* 2;
893 n
= (width
+ xoffset
) / wave_length
+ 1;
894 if (xoffset
> wave_length
)
896 xoffset
-= wave_length
;
902 cairo_move_to (cr
, x
- xoffset
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5);
905 cairo_rel_line_to (cr
, dx
, dy
);
908 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
915 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
917 struct x_display_info
*
918 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
922 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
923 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
930 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
932 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
933 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
934 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
936 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
940 unsigned int nchildren
;
943 if (XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
))
952 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
955 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
957 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
958 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
959 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
961 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
965 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
970 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
971 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
972 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
973 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
977 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
979 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
982 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
984 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
986 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
987 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
988 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
989 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
991 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
993 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
994 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
995 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
997 /* return unless necessary */
1002 unsigned long n
, left
;
1004 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
1005 0, 1, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
1006 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
1009 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
1011 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
1015 x_uncatch_errors ();
1021 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
1022 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
1023 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
1024 x_uncatch_errors ();
1027 /***********************************************************************
1028 Starting and ending an update
1029 ***********************************************************************/
1031 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
1032 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
1033 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
1034 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
1035 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
1038 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
1041 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
1042 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1045 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1049 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1051 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1052 width
= gdk_window_get_width (w
);
1053 height
= gdk_window_get_height (w
);
1058 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1059 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1060 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1061 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1062 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1063 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1066 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
1069 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = cairo_image_surface_create
1070 (CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32
, width
, height
);
1074 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1077 /* Start update of window W. */
1080 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
1082 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1083 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
1085 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
1089 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
1091 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
1092 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= true;
1094 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
1096 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
1097 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1104 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
1107 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
1109 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1112 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
1114 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1118 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1120 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
1121 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
1125 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
1128 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
1130 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1131 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
1132 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1133 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1134 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1135 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
1136 ? face_first
->foreground
1137 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1138 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
1139 ? face_last
->foreground
1140 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1141 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1143 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
1146 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1147 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1148 x0
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1149 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1150 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1151 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
1152 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1153 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1154 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1156 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
1159 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1160 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1161 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, 1);
1162 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1163 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1164 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
1165 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1166 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1167 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
1171 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1172 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1173 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
1177 /* End update of window W.
1179 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
1180 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
1182 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
1183 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
1184 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
1186 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
1187 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
1191 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
1192 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1194 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1199 display_and_set_cursor (w
, true,
1200 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
1201 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
1203 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, true))
1205 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
1206 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
1208 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
1214 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
1215 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
1216 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1218 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
1220 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
1221 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
1222 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1227 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
1231 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
1233 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
1234 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= false;
1237 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1241 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (HAVE_GTK3)
1242 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1244 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1245 cr
= gdk_cairo_create (w
);
1250 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
1251 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1252 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1253 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1254 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1255 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1256 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1257 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
1259 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
1262 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
1263 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
1266 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
), 0, 0);
1271 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1275 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
1281 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
1282 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
1285 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
1288 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
1292 /* Clear under internal border if any (GTK has its own version). */
1295 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
1297 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
1299 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1300 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1301 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1302 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
1305 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
1306 x_clear_area (f
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
1307 x_clear_area (f
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
1308 x_clear_area (f
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
1314 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
1315 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
1316 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
1317 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
1318 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
1321 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
1325 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1326 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= true;
1328 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1329 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
1330 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
1331 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
1332 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
1333 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
1334 overhead is very small. */
1339 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
1340 && desired_row
->full_width_p
1341 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
1342 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
1344 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
1347 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
1350 x_clear_area (f
, 0, y
, width
, height
);
1351 x_clear_area (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
, y
, width
, height
);
1359 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
1361 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1362 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1363 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1364 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
1365 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
1367 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
1368 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
1370 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
1372 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
1373 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
1374 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
1375 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
1377 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1379 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
1381 x_fill_rectangle (f
, face
->gc
, p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
1384 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
1388 if (p
->which
&& p
->which
< max_fringe_bmp
)
1392 XGetGCValues (display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &gcv
);
1393 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, (p
->cursor_p
1394 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1395 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1396 : face
->foreground
));
1397 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, face
->background
);
1398 x_cr_draw_image (f
, gc
, fringe_bmp
[p
->which
], 0, p
->dh
,
1399 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
, p
->overlay_p
);
1400 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, gcv
.foreground
);
1401 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, gcv
.background
);
1403 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
1407 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1408 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
1412 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
1414 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
1416 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
1418 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
1420 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1421 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1422 : face
->foreground
),
1423 face
->background
, depth
);
1427 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
1428 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
1431 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
1432 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
1433 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
1434 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
1437 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
1438 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
1439 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
1443 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1444 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
1445 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
1448 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
1450 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
1453 /***********************************************************************
1455 ***********************************************************************/
1459 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
1460 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1461 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1462 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1463 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
1464 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1465 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
1466 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
1467 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1468 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1469 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1470 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1471 unsigned long *, double, int);
1472 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1473 double, int, unsigned long);
1474 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
1475 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1476 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
1477 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1478 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
1479 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
1481 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1482 int, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool,
1484 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1485 int, bool, bool, XRectangle
*);
1486 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
1489 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
1493 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1497 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1499 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1500 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1501 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1503 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1506 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1510 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1511 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1513 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1514 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1515 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1516 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1517 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1518 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1519 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1521 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1522 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1523 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1525 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1526 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1529 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1530 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1531 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1533 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1534 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1537 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1538 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1540 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1545 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1548 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1553 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1554 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1555 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1557 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1559 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1560 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1562 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1563 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1564 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1566 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1567 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1570 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1575 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1576 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1577 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1578 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1580 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1581 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1584 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1585 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1587 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1590 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1594 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1595 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1596 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1599 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1601 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1605 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1606 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1610 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1612 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1614 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1616 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1617 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1619 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1621 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1622 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1624 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1626 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1627 s
->stippled_p
= false;
1629 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1631 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1632 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1634 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1635 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1637 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1638 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1643 /* GC must have been set. */
1644 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1648 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1649 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1652 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1654 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1655 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1658 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, r
, n
);
1663 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1664 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1668 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1673 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1675 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1678 x_set_clip_rectangles (dst
->f
, dst
->gc
, &r
, 1);
1683 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1686 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1689 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1690 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1692 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1694 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1696 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1697 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1700 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1701 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1702 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1706 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1708 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1710 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1711 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1712 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1716 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1717 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1722 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1725 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1728 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1729 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1730 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1731 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1735 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1736 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1737 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1738 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1739 contains the first component of a composition. */
1742 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1744 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1745 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1746 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1748 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1752 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1753 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1754 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1755 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1756 s
->background_width
,
1757 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1758 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1759 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1761 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1762 || s
->font_not_found_p
1763 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1766 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1767 s
->background_width
,
1768 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1769 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1775 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1778 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1782 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1783 of S to the right of that box line. */
1784 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1785 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1786 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1790 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1792 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1794 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1796 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1797 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
,
1798 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1800 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1805 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1806 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1809 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1810 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1812 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1814 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1815 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, false);
1817 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, true);
1818 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1819 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1823 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1826 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1829 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1831 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1832 of S to the right of that box line. */
1833 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1834 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1835 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1839 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1840 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1841 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1842 this composition. */
1844 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1845 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1846 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1848 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1849 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1850 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1852 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1856 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1857 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1858 space on the left or right. */
1859 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1861 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1862 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1864 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, false);
1865 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1866 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, false);
1871 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1876 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1878 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1879 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1880 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1883 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1887 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1888 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1889 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1892 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1893 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1894 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1895 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, false);
1896 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1897 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
,
1906 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1907 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1908 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1914 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1917 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1919 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1923 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1924 of S to the right of that box line. */
1925 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1926 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1927 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1933 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1935 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1936 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1938 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1941 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1942 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1946 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1947 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1948 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1949 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1950 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1951 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1954 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1956 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1957 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1958 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
+ 0u);
1964 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1967 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1968 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1970 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1971 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1973 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1974 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1975 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1977 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1978 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1979 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1982 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1983 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
1984 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1985 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1986 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1987 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1991 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1995 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1996 cannot be determined. */
1998 static struct frame
*
1999 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
2001 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
2002 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
2005 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
2007 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
2008 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
2009 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
2010 x_any_window_to_frame. */
2011 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
2012 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
2014 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
2015 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
2016 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
2020 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
2021 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
2022 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
2028 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2029 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2030 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2031 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2032 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2033 Value is true if successful. */
2036 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2037 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2039 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
2040 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
2043 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
2046 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
2047 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
2049 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
2051 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.screen
),
2053 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) offsetof (WidgetRec
, core
.colormap
),
2058 /* The address of this variable is returned by
2059 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2061 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2064 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
2066 DPY is the display we are working on.
2068 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
2069 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
2070 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
2071 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
2073 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
2074 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
2076 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
2077 we allocated the color or not.
2079 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
2082 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
2083 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
2084 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
2094 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2095 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2097 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
2101 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2102 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2103 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
2105 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
2107 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2108 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
2110 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
2112 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2113 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
2115 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
2116 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
2118 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
2119 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
2124 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
2126 params
[0] = color_name
;
2127 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2128 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2129 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
2134 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
2136 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
2138 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2142 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
2146 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
2147 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2150 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2155 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
2156 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
2157 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
2159 APP is the application context in which we work.
2161 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
2162 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
2163 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
2165 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2168 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
2173 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
2175 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
2178 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
2180 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
2181 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2182 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2183 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
2184 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
2189 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
2192 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
2193 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
2194 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
2195 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
2197 static const XColor
*
2198 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
2200 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2202 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
2204 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
2205 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
2208 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
2209 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2210 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
2212 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
2213 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
2215 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
2216 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
2219 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
2220 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
2224 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
2225 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
2228 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
2230 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2232 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
2235 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2237 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2238 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
2239 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
2240 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
2244 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
2248 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
2249 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
2252 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
2254 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
2258 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
2259 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2260 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2264 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2268 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2271 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
2272 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
2273 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
2274 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
2276 int max_color_delta
= 255;
2277 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
2278 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
2280 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
2282 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
2284 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
2285 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
2286 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
2287 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
2289 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
2292 nearest_delta
= delta
;
2296 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
2297 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
2298 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
2299 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2303 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
2304 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
2305 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
2306 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2307 XColor
*cached_color
;
2309 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
2310 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
2311 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
2312 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
2313 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
2315 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2316 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
2317 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
2321 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2323 register_color (color
->pixel
);
2324 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
2330 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
2331 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2332 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2336 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2338 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
2339 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
2343 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2344 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2345 get color reference counts right. */
2348 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
2352 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2354 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2355 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2357 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2358 register_color (pixel
);
2364 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2367 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2368 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2369 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2370 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2371 use an additional additive factor.
2373 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2374 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2375 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2378 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2379 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2380 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2381 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2382 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2383 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2386 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2387 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2393 /* Get RGB color values. */
2394 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2395 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2397 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2398 eassert (factor
>= 0);
2399 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2400 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2401 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2403 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2404 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2406 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2407 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2408 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2409 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2410 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2412 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2413 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2414 /* The additive adjustment. */
2415 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2419 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2420 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2421 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2425 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2426 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2427 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2431 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2432 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2435 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2437 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2438 delta to the RGB values. */
2439 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2441 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2442 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2443 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2444 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2455 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2456 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2457 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2458 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2459 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2460 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2463 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
2464 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
2467 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2468 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2469 unsigned long pixel
;
2470 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2471 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2472 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2473 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2475 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2476 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2478 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2479 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2480 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2481 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
2483 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2487 /* Allocate new color. */
2488 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2490 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2491 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2492 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2494 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2496 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2498 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2501 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2505 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2508 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2510 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2511 unsigned long color
;
2513 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2514 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2515 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2517 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2518 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2523 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2524 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2525 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2528 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2529 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2531 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2532 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2533 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2534 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2535 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2540 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2541 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2542 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P means draw a raised
2543 relief. LEFT_P means draw a relief on the left side of
2544 the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a relief on the right
2545 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2549 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2550 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
,
2551 int width
, bool raised_p
, bool top_p
, bool bot_p
,
2552 bool left_p
, bool right_p
,
2553 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2556 GC top_left_gc
, bottom_right_gc
;
2561 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2562 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2566 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2567 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2570 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2571 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2575 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2576 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2578 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_LEFT
;
2580 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
;
2584 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, right_x
+ 1 - width
, top_y
,
2585 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2587 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
;
2589 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
;
2594 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2595 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2597 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2598 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 1);
2603 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2604 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2606 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, bottom_right_gc
,
2607 left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2608 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 0);
2610 if (left_p
&& width
!= 1)
2611 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2612 1, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2613 if (top_p
&& width
!= 1)
2614 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2615 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, 1);
2618 XSetBackground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), top_left_gc
,
2619 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2620 x_erase_corners_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2621 right_x
- left_x
+ 1, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1,
2625 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
);
2626 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
);
2628 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2629 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2634 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2636 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2637 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2639 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2640 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2641 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2648 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2649 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2650 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2652 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2653 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2654 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2655 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2662 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2664 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2665 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2667 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2668 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2669 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2670 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2673 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2675 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2677 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2678 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2682 /* Outermost top line. */
2684 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2685 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2686 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2688 /* Outermost left line. */
2690 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2696 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2697 left_x
+ left_p
, bottom_y
,
2698 right_x
+ !right_p
, bottom_y
);
2699 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2700 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2701 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2702 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2708 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2709 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2710 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2711 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2712 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2713 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2716 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
2722 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2723 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2724 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P means draw a line on the
2725 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a line
2726 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2727 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2730 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2731 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2732 bool left_p
, bool right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2736 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2737 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2738 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2741 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2742 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2746 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2747 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2750 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2751 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2755 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2756 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2758 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2759 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
2763 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2766 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2768 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
;
2769 bool raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2770 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2771 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2773 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2774 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2775 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2777 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2778 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2780 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2782 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2783 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2785 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2787 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2789 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2791 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2792 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2794 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2795 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2796 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2798 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2800 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2802 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2803 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2804 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2807 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2808 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2809 width
, raised_p
, true, true, left_p
, right_p
,
2815 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2818 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2821 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2823 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2824 right of that line. */
2825 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2826 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2828 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2830 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2832 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2833 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2834 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2835 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2841 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2842 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2843 trust on the shape extension to be available
2844 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2846 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2849 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2851 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2852 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2853 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2854 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2855 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2857 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2860 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2861 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2862 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2863 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2864 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2865 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2869 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2871 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2874 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2875 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2876 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2877 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2878 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2879 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2881 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2882 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2883 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2884 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2885 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2886 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2887 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2889 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2890 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2891 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2892 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2893 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2898 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2899 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2900 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2904 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2907 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2910 bool raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2911 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2914 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2916 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2917 right of that line. */
2918 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2919 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2921 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2923 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2925 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2926 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2927 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2928 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2930 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2931 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2933 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2934 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2938 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2939 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2942 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2943 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2945 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2946 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2948 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2949 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2950 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2952 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2953 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2955 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2956 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2959 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= false;
2961 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2962 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= true;
2963 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2964 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= true;
2965 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2966 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= true;
2967 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2968 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= true;
2970 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2971 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2972 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2973 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2977 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2980 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2983 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2985 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2986 right of that line. */
2987 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2988 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2990 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2992 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2994 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2995 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2996 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2997 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3003 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3004 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3005 trust on the shape extension to be available
3006 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3008 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3012 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3013 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
3014 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
3015 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3016 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3018 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3019 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3020 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3021 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3025 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3026 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3027 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3029 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3030 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3031 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3032 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3033 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3034 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3035 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3037 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3038 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
3039 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
3040 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
3045 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3046 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3047 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
3051 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
3052 give the rectangle to draw. */
3055 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
3059 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3060 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3061 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3062 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3065 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3069 /* Draw image glyph string S.
3072 s->x +-------------------------
3075 | +-------------------------
3078 | | +-------------------
3084 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3086 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3087 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3089 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
3092 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3093 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3094 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
3095 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3097 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
3098 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
3100 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3101 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
3105 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
3106 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
3110 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
3111 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
3112 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
3113 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
3114 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
3116 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
3117 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3118 s
->background_width
,
3121 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
3123 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3125 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
3128 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3129 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3130 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
3131 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3132 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3133 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3134 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
3139 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
3141 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3142 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3143 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3144 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3151 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3153 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3156 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
3157 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
3160 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3161 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
3163 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3166 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3169 /* Draw the foreground. */
3171 if (s
->img
->cr_data
)
3173 cairo_t
*cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3175 int x
= s
->x
+ s
->img
->hmargin
;
3176 int y
= s
->y
+ s
->img
->vmargin
;
3177 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3179 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, s
->img
->cr_data
,
3182 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3184 x_end_cr_clip (s
->f
);
3190 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
3191 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3192 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3193 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
3194 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
3197 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
3199 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
3201 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3202 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3203 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
3207 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
3210 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3212 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
3214 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
3215 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
3217 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
3218 wide as the stretch glyph. */
3219 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3222 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3224 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3228 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3234 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
3236 int right_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3238 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
3239 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
3240 x
+= background_width
;
3242 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
3243 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3247 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
3249 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
3250 if (width
< background_width
)
3253 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
3257 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3261 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
3262 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
3264 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
3270 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3271 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
, &r
, 1);
3273 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
3275 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3276 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3277 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3278 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
3283 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3284 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3285 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3286 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3289 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
);
3292 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3294 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3295 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3297 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
3298 except for header line and mode line. */
3299 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
3301 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3304 if (background_width
> 0)
3305 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
3308 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3312 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
3318 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
3323 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3325 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
3327 x_draw_horizontal_wave (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3,
3328 s
->width
, wave_height
, wave_length
);
3329 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
3330 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, xmax
;
3332 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
3335 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
3337 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
3341 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
3345 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
3346 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
3347 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
3349 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
3352 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
3354 /* Draw the waves */
3356 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
3358 odd
= (x1
/ dx
) & 1;
3366 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
3371 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
3373 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
3377 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
3378 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
3379 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
3383 /* Draw glyph string S. */
3386 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3388 bool relief_drawn_p
= false;
3390 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
3391 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
3392 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
3393 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
3396 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3398 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
3399 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
3400 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
3401 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
3403 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3404 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
3405 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
3406 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
3408 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, true);
3409 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3413 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
3414 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
3416 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
3417 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
3418 if (!s
->for_overlaps
3419 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3420 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
3421 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
3424 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3425 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3426 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3427 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3428 relief_drawn_p
= true;
3430 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
3432 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
3433 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
3434 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
3435 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
3436 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
3437 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
3439 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3441 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
3444 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
3448 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
3452 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3453 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3455 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, false);
3456 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3459 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
3460 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
3461 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
3462 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3464 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3465 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3468 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
3469 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3470 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3472 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3473 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3480 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
3482 /* Draw underline. */
3483 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
3485 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
3487 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3488 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3492 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3493 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3494 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3495 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3498 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3500 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
3503 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
3504 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3506 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
3507 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
3508 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
3512 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
3513 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
3514 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
3517 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
3518 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3521 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
3522 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
3523 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
3524 specs, and its default is
3526 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
3527 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
3529 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
3530 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
3531 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
3533 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
3535 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
3537 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
3539 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
3540 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
3541 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
3542 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3543 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
3544 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
3545 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
3546 s
->underline_position
= position
;
3547 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
3548 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3549 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3550 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3554 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3555 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3556 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3557 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3558 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3562 /* Draw overline. */
3563 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
3565 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
3567 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
3568 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3573 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3574 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
3575 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3577 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3581 /* Draw strike-through. */
3582 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3584 unsigned long h
= 1;
3585 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3587 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3588 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3593 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3594 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3595 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3597 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3601 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3602 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3603 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3607 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3609 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3610 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3611 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3613 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3614 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3615 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3618 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3619 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3620 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3621 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3623 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3624 x_reset_clip_rectangles (prev
->f
, prev
->gc
);
3626 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3632 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3634 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3635 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3636 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3638 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3639 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3640 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3643 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3644 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3645 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3646 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3648 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3649 x_reset_clip_rectangles (next
->f
, next
->gc
);
3651 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3652 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
3657 /* Reset clipping. */
3658 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3662 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3665 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3667 /* Never called on a GUI frame, see
3668 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2015-05/msg00456.html
3670 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3671 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3672 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3676 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3680 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3686 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3687 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3690 x_clear_area1 (Display
*dpy
, Window window
,
3691 int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3693 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3694 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3699 x_clear_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
3704 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3706 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
3707 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
3708 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3712 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3713 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
3718 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3721 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3723 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3725 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3731 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3732 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3733 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3735 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3736 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3737 redisplay, do it here. */
3738 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3739 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3742 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3747 /* RIF: Show hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3750 x_show_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3752 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3756 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3757 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3760 if (FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
))
3763 x
->hourglass_p
= true;
3765 if (!x
->hourglass_window
)
3767 unsigned long mask
= CWCursor
;
3768 XSetWindowAttributes attrs
;
3770 Window parent
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
3772 Window parent
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
3774 attrs
.cursor
= x
->hourglass_cursor
;
3776 x
->hourglass_window
= XCreateWindow
3777 (dpy
, parent
, 0, 0, 32000, 32000, 0, 0,
3778 InputOnly
, CopyFromParent
, mask
, &attrs
);
3781 XMapRaised (dpy
, x
->hourglass_window
);
3787 /* RIF: Cancel hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3790 x_hide_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3792 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3794 /* Watch out for newly created frames. */
3795 if (x
->hourglass_window
)
3797 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), x
->hourglass_window
);
3798 /* Sync here because XTread_socket looks at the
3799 hourglass_p flag that is reset to zero below. */
3800 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
3801 x
->hourglass_p
= false;
3805 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3808 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3814 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3815 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3816 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3818 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3819 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3820 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3821 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3823 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3827 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3830 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3831 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3832 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3833 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3834 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3835 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3836 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, true, x, y, w, h)
3837 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3838 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3841 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3842 pixels into background pixels. */
3846 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3847 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3848 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3850 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3851 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3855 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3856 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3857 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3858 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3859 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3860 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3861 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3862 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3864 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3865 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3867 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3869 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3870 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3871 width
, flash_height
);
3872 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3874 (height
- flash_height
3875 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3876 width
, flash_height
);
3880 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3881 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3882 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3883 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3888 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3889 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3891 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3893 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3895 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3896 struct timespec timeout
;
3898 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3899 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3902 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3903 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3905 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3906 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3910 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3911 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3913 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3915 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3916 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3917 width
, flash_height
);
3918 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3920 (height
- flash_height
3921 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3922 width
, flash_height
);
3925 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3926 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3927 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3928 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3934 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3936 #undef XFillRectangle
3938 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3949 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
3952 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
3957 /* Make audible bell. */
3960 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3962 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3970 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3972 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3974 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3980 /***********************************************************************
3982 ***********************************************************************/
3984 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3985 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3988 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3994 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3997 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3999 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4000 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
4002 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
4003 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
4005 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
4007 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
4008 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
4009 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
4013 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
4014 line at the bottom. */
4015 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4016 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
4018 height
= run
->height
;
4022 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
4024 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4025 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
4027 height
= run
->height
;
4032 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
4036 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
4038 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4039 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4040 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
4051 /***********************************************************************
4053 ***********************************************************************/
4057 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
4059 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4060 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4061 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4062 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4064 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
4065 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
4066 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
4067 because of this (bug#9310). */
4068 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4069 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4070 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
4071 x_uncatch_errors ();
4073 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4074 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4078 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
4080 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4081 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4082 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4083 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4085 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
4086 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4087 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4088 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
4089 x_uncatch_errors ();
4091 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4092 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4095 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
4096 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
4097 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
4098 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
4099 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
4102 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
4104 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4106 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4108 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
4109 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
4110 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
4112 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
4113 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
4115 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
4116 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4118 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
4121 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
4124 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
4125 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
4126 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
4129 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4131 if (type
== FocusIn
)
4133 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
4135 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
4136 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
4138 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
4139 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
4140 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
4141 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
4142 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
4143 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
4144 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
4145 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
4147 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
4148 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4151 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
4154 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4155 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4158 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
4160 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
4162 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
4164 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
4165 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
4167 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
4168 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4172 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4173 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4175 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
4176 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, false);
4180 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
4181 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
4183 static struct frame
*
4184 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4186 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4192 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4195 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4197 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4199 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4200 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4201 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
4202 /* A tooltip frame? */
4203 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4204 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4205 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4207 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4209 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
4211 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4212 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4213 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
4216 #endif /* USE_GTK */
4217 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
4218 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4220 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4225 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
4227 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
4230 static struct frame
*
4231 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4233 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4234 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
4240 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4245 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
4247 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
4248 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4249 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4254 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4256 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
4259 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
4260 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
4261 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
4263 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4264 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4268 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4269 /* A tooltip frame. */
4277 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
4279 static struct frame
*
4280 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
4281 const XEvent
*event
)
4283 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
4284 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4291 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4294 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4296 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4298 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
4301 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4302 if (x
->menubar_widget
4303 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4310 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
4311 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
4314 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4316 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4323 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4326 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4328 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4332 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
4334 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4335 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
4338 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
4342 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4343 /* Tooltip frame. */
4349 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
4351 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4352 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4354 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
4356 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
4357 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
4359 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
4362 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
4363 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4368 switch (event
->type
)
4373 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
4375 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
4377 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
4378 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
4379 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
4380 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4382 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4388 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
4389 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
4390 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
4391 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4395 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
4397 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
4398 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4399 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4406 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
4407 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
4410 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4412 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
4416 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
4417 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
4418 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
4420 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
4421 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
4422 the appropriate X display info. */
4425 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
4427 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
4431 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4433 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
4435 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4437 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
4438 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
4439 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
4440 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
4441 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
4443 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
4444 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4448 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
4450 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
4453 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
4454 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
4455 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
4461 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
4463 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
4465 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4467 int min_code
, max_code
;
4470 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
4472 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
4473 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
4474 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4475 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
4476 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
4478 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
4480 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
4481 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
4483 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
4485 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
4486 Alt keysyms are on. */
4488 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
4489 bool found_alt_or_meta
;
4491 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
4493 found_alt_or_meta
= false;
4494 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
4496 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
4498 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
4502 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
4506 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
4508 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
4514 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4515 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4520 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4521 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4526 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4527 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4528 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4529 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4534 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4535 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4536 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4537 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4541 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
4542 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
4543 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
4544 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4545 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4554 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
4555 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4557 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
4558 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4561 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
4562 make them just meta, not alt. */
4563 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4565 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
4569 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
4572 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
4576 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
4578 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4579 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4580 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4581 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4584 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4585 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4586 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4587 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4588 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4589 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4590 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4591 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4593 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
4594 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
4595 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
4596 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
4597 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
4598 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
4602 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
4604 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4605 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4606 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4607 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4611 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4612 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
4613 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4614 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
4615 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4616 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
4617 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4618 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
4621 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
4622 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
4623 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
4624 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
4625 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
4626 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
4629 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
4632 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
4637 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
4643 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
4645 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
4646 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
4647 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
4648 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
4650 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
4652 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
4653 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
4654 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
4655 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
4656 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
4657 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
4658 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
4659 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
4660 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
4663 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
4665 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
4669 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
4670 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
4673 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
4675 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
4676 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
4677 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
4678 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
4680 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
4684 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
4685 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
4686 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
4691 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
4692 The input handler calls this.
4694 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
4695 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
4696 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
4697 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
4700 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
4703 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
4705 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
4708 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
4709 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
4710 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
4711 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
4712 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
4714 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
4716 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4717 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4718 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
4719 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
4724 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
4725 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
4726 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
4727 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
4728 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
4730 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4731 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4732 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
4733 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
4734 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
4735 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
4742 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
4743 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
4745 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
4746 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
4747 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
4748 position on the scroll bar.
4750 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
4751 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
4754 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
4755 was at this position.
4757 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
4759 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
4763 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
4764 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
4768 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
4772 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
4774 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
4776 if (bar
->horizontal
)
4777 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4779 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4786 Window dummy_window
;
4789 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4791 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4792 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4793 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4794 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4795 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= false;
4797 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4799 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4800 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4801 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4803 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4806 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4807 a different screen. */
4810 /* The position on that root window. */
4813 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4816 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4818 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4820 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4821 containing the pointer. */
4825 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4829 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4830 structure is changing at the same time this function
4831 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4833 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4835 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
4837 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4838 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4839 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4845 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
4847 /* From-position, to-position. */
4848 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4852 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4858 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4860 /* From-window, to-window. */
4863 /* From-position, to-position. */
4864 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4869 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4872 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4873 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4874 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4875 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4876 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4884 /* Now we know that:
4885 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4886 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4887 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4888 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4889 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4890 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4891 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4892 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4893 never use them in that case.) */
4896 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4897 want the edit window. */
4898 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4900 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4901 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4904 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4905 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4908 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4909 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4911 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4914 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4917 x_uncatch_errors ();
4919 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4922 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4924 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
, 2);
4928 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4934 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4935 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4939 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4940 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4941 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4942 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4943 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4944 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4945 the frame are divided into. */
4947 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4948 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4949 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4950 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4955 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4956 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4957 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4967 /***********************************************************************
4969 ***********************************************************************/
4971 /* Scroll bar support. */
4973 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4975 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4978 static struct scroll_bar
*
4979 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
, int type
)
4981 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4983 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4984 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4985 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4987 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4989 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4991 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4994 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4996 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4997 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4998 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4999 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
5000 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
5003 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5004 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
5005 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
5007 || (type
== 1 && XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)
5008 || (type
== 0 && !XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)))
5009 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5016 #if defined USE_LUCID
5018 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
5019 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
5022 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
5024 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5026 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5027 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5029 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
5031 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
5037 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5040 /************************************************************************
5042 ************************************************************************/
5044 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5046 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, enum scroll_bar_part
,
5049 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
5050 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
5052 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
5054 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
5055 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
5058 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
5060 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
5061 static XtActionHookId horizontal_action_hook_id
;
5063 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
5065 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
5066 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
5067 to avoid jerkiness. */
5069 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
5071 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
5072 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
5073 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
5074 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
5077 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5078 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5081 const char *end_action
;
5084 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5085 end_action
= "Release";
5086 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5087 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5088 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5089 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5092 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5093 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5096 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5098 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5099 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, false);
5100 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5101 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5103 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5106 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5107 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
5109 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5110 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5111 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5113 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5114 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5120 xt_horizontal_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5121 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5124 const char *end_action
;
5127 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5128 end_action
= "Release";
5129 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5130 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5131 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5132 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5135 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5136 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5139 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5141 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5142 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, true);
5143 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5144 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
5146 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5149 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5150 set_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
);
5152 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5153 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5154 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5156 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5157 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5160 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5162 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
5163 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
5164 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
5165 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
5168 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, enum scroll_bar_part part
,
5169 int portion
, int whole
, bool horizontal
)
5172 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
5173 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
5174 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5175 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
5176 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
5177 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
5178 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
5182 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
5183 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
5184 ev
->message_type
= (horizontal
5185 ? FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
5186 : FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
);
5187 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
5188 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
5191 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
5192 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
5193 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
5194 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
5195 will resolve such issues someday. */
5196 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
5197 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
5198 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
5199 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
5200 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
5202 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
5203 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5204 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= true;
5205 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
5208 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
5209 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
5210 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
5211 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
5216 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
5220 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5221 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5223 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5227 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5228 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5229 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5230 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5231 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5233 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5235 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5236 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5239 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5242 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5245 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5246 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5247 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5248 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5251 /* Transform a horizontal scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs
5252 input event in *IEVENT. */
5255 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5256 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5258 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5262 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5263 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5264 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5265 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5266 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5268 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5270 ievent
->kind
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5271 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5274 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5277 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5280 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5281 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5282 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5283 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5289 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
5291 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
5293 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5294 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
5295 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
5298 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5300 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5301 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
5302 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5303 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5304 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5308 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
5310 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
5313 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
5315 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5318 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
5320 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5323 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
5325 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5330 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_leftmost
: scroll_bar_to_top
;
5333 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
5335 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_rightmost
: scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
5343 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
5348 portion
= bar
->whole
* ((float)cs
->value
/ XM_SB_MAX
);
5349 whole
= bar
->whole
* ((float)(XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
) / XM_SB_MAX
);
5350 portion
= min (portion
, whole
);
5351 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5355 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
5356 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
5357 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5360 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
5364 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5368 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5370 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5371 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5376 #elif defined USE_GTK
5378 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5379 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
5382 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
5383 GtkScrollType scroll
,
5387 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5388 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5389 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5390 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
5391 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
5393 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return false;
5397 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
5398 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
5399 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
5400 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
5402 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5404 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5405 whole
= (int)(gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5406 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
));
5407 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5408 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5412 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5413 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5414 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
5415 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5416 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5420 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
5421 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5422 ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
);
5425 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
5426 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5427 ? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
);
5430 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
5431 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5432 ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
);
5435 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
5436 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5437 ? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
);
5442 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5444 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5445 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5452 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
5455 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
5456 GdkEventButton
*event
,
5459 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5461 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5463 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5464 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, bar
->horizontal
);
5465 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5472 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5474 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
5475 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
5476 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
5480 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5482 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5483 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
5484 float top
= *top_addr
;
5486 int whole
, portion
, height
, width
;
5487 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5488 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5493 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5495 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5500 whole
= bar
->whole
- (shown
* bar
->whole
);
5501 portion
= min (top
* bar
->whole
, whole
);
5509 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5513 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5515 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5519 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
5521 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
5522 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
5523 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
5524 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
5525 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
5527 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5529 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5532 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5533 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5534 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5535 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
, bar
->horizontal
);
5539 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
5540 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
5541 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
5542 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
5543 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
5544 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
5545 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
5548 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5550 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5551 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
5552 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
5553 Dimension height
, width
;
5554 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5556 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5558 /* Get the width of the scroll bar. */
5560 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5563 if (eabs (position
) >= width
)
5564 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_after_handle
;
5566 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5567 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5568 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, width
/ 20))
5569 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_right_arrow
;
5571 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5573 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5575 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5576 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, width
,
5582 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
5584 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5587 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
5588 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5590 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5591 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5592 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
5593 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5595 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5597 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5599 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5600 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
,
5605 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5607 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
5608 #define SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME "horizontalScrollBar"
5610 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
5611 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
5615 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5617 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5620 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5621 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5627 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5629 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5632 xg_create_horizontal_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5633 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5638 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5641 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5647 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5648 unsigned long pixel
;
5653 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5654 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5655 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5656 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5657 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
5658 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
5659 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5660 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5662 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5665 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5669 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5672 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5676 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5677 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5679 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5680 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5682 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5684 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5686 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5688 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5690 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5692 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5695 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5696 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5698 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5699 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5700 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5701 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5703 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5705 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5706 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5707 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5708 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5709 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5710 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
5711 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5712 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5714 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5717 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5721 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5724 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5728 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5730 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5731 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5733 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5736 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5737 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5738 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5740 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5743 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5745 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5748 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5749 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5750 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5752 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5756 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5757 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5758 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5759 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5760 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5761 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5762 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5765 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5766 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5770 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5771 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5772 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5774 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5776 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5779 /* Specify the colors. */
5780 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5783 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5786 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5789 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5795 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5796 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5799 char const *initial
= "";
5800 char const *val
= initial
;
5801 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5802 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5803 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5805 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5806 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5807 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5808 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5809 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
5810 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
5814 /* Define callbacks. */
5815 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
5816 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
5819 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5820 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5822 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5824 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
5825 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
5826 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
5827 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
5829 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
5830 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
5831 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
5832 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
5834 bar
->horizontal
= false;
5840 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5846 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5847 unsigned long pixel
;
5852 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5853 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5854 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5855 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5856 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmHORIZONTAL
); ++ac
;
5857 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_RIGHT
), ++ac
;
5858 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5859 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5861 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5864 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5868 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5871 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5875 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5876 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5878 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5879 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5881 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5883 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5885 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5887 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5889 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5891 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5894 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5895 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5897 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5898 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5899 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5900 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5902 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5904 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5905 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5906 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5907 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5908 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5909 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientHorizontal
); ++ac
;
5910 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5911 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5913 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5916 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5920 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5923 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5927 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5929 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5930 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5932 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5935 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5936 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5937 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5939 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5942 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5944 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5947 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5948 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5949 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5951 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5955 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5956 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5957 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5958 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5959 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5960 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5961 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5964 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5965 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5969 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5970 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5971 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5973 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5975 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5978 /* Specify the colors. */
5979 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5982 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5985 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5988 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5994 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5995 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5998 char const *initial
= "";
5999 char const *val
= initial
;
6000 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
6001 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
6002 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
6004 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
6005 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
6006 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
6007 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
6008 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
6009 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
6013 /* Define callbacks. */
6014 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
6015 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
6018 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
6019 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
6021 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6023 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
6024 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
6025 if (horizontal_action_hook_id
== 0)
6026 horizontal_action_hook_id
6027 = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_horizontal_action_hook
, 0);
6029 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
6030 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
6031 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
6032 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
6034 bar
->horizontal
= true;
6038 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6041 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
6042 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
6046 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6048 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6052 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6054 xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6057 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6059 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6062 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6063 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6070 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
6072 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
6073 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
6074 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
6075 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
6076 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
6077 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
6078 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
6079 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
6080 its size, the update will often happen too late.
6081 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
6082 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
6083 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
6084 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
6085 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
6093 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6094 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6097 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6101 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
6102 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
6104 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6106 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
6107 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
6108 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6110 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6112 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6118 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6119 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6123 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6125 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6126 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6127 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6131 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6132 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6133 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6136 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6137 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6138 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6139 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6141 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6142 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6143 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6144 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6145 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6148 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6149 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6150 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6151 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6153 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6154 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6157 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6158 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6159 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6161 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6165 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6171 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6174 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6175 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6182 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6183 top
= (float) position
/ (whole
- portion
);
6185 int size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6186 int value
= clip_to_bounds (0, top
* (XM_SB_MAX
- size
), XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6188 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6190 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6196 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6197 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6201 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6203 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6204 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6205 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6210 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6211 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6212 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6215 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6216 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6217 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6218 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6220 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6221 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6222 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6223 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6224 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6228 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6229 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6230 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6231 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6233 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6235 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6236 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6239 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6240 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6241 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6243 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6248 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6252 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6254 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6258 /************************************************************************
6259 Scroll bars, general
6260 ************************************************************************/
6262 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
6263 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
6264 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
6267 static struct scroll_bar
*
6268 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
,
6269 int width
, int height
, bool horizontal
)
6271 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6272 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6273 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
6278 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6280 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6282 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6283 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6285 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
6289 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6290 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
6291 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
6293 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
6294 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
6296 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6298 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
6300 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
6301 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
6302 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
6303 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
6304 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
6306 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6307 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
6308 left
, top
, width
, height
,
6309 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
6316 bar
->x_window
= window
;
6318 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6320 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
6324 bar
->height
= height
;
6328 bar
->horizontal
= horizontal
;
6329 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
6330 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
6333 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
6334 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6336 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6337 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6338 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
6339 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6341 /* Map the window/widget. */
6342 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6346 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6347 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6349 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6350 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6351 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6352 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6353 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6354 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
6355 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6357 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6358 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6359 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6366 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6368 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
6370 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
6371 redrawing it, unless REBUILD; in that case, always
6372 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
6375 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
6376 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
6377 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
6378 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
6379 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
6382 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
,
6385 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
6386 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6387 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6388 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6390 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
6392 && start
== bar
->start
6399 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
6400 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
6401 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6403 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
6404 the distance between start and end. */
6406 int length
= end
- start
;
6410 else if (start
> top_range
)
6412 end
= start
+ length
;
6416 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
6420 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
6424 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
6425 if (end
> top_range
)
6428 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
6429 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
6430 that many pixels tall. */
6431 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
6433 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
6434 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6435 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (start
> 0))
6436 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6437 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6438 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
6439 inside_width
, start
);
6441 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
6442 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6443 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6444 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6446 /* Draw the handle itself. */
6447 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
,
6448 /* x, y, width, height */
6449 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6450 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
6451 inside_width
, end
- start
);
6453 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6454 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6455 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6456 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6458 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
6459 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6460 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (end
< inside_height
))
6461 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6462 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6463 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
6464 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
6470 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6472 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
6476 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
6478 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6481 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6483 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
6484 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6485 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
6486 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6488 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6491 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
6492 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6493 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6495 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6501 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
6502 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
6503 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
6507 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6509 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6511 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6512 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6513 int window_y
, window_height
;
6515 /* Get window dimensions. */
6516 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
6518 height
= window_height
;
6519 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
6520 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
6522 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6523 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6525 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6528 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6532 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1), false);
6536 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6537 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6539 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6543 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6545 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6547 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6549 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6552 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6554 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6557 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6558 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6559 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6560 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6562 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6563 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6564 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6565 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6566 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6567 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6569 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6571 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6580 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6584 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6586 /* Remember new settings. */
6590 bar
->height
= height
;
6595 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6596 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6597 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6598 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6600 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6602 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
6605 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, false);
6608 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
6609 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
6610 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6613 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6615 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6616 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6621 XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6623 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6625 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6626 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6627 int window_x
, window_width
;
6628 int pixel_width
= WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH (w
);
6630 /* Get window dimensions. */
6631 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &window_x
, 0, &window_width
, 0);
6633 width
= window_width
;
6634 top
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_Y (w
);
6635 height
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (w
);
6637 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6638 if (NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6640 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6644 /* Clear also part between window_width and
6645 WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH. */
6646 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, pixel_width
, height
);
6650 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
, true);
6654 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6655 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6657 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6661 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6663 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6665 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6667 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6670 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6671 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6674 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6675 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6676 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6678 WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
), top
,
6679 pixel_width
- WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
), height
);
6681 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
, left
,
6683 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6684 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6685 left
, top
, width
, height
, 0);
6686 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6688 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6690 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
6691 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
6692 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
6695 int area_height
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (w
);
6696 int rest
= area_height
- height
;
6697 if (rest
> 0 && width
> 0)
6698 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6699 left
, top
, width
, rest
);
6702 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6711 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6715 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6717 /* Remember new settings. */
6721 bar
->height
= height
;
6726 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6727 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6728 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6729 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6731 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6733 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, width
);
6736 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, left_range
, false);
6739 int start
= ((double) position
* left_range
) / whole
;
6740 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * left_range
) / whole
;
6741 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6744 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6746 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6747 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6751 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
6752 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
6753 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
6754 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
6755 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
6756 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
6757 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
6759 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
6760 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
6761 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
6764 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
6766 if (!NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6768 if (!NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6770 /* Prepend scrollbars to already condemned ones. */
6771 Lisp_Object last
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6773 while (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
))
6774 last
= XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
;
6776 XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6777 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= last
;
6780 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
));
6781 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, Qnil
);
6786 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
6787 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
6790 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
)
6792 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6796 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
6797 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6800 if (!NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6802 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6803 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6804 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6805 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6807 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6809 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6810 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6812 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6813 w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6814 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6816 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6817 one or the other! */
6821 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6823 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6824 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6826 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6828 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6829 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6830 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6831 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6835 if (!NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6837 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6838 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6839 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6840 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6842 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6844 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6845 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6847 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6848 w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6849 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6851 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6852 one or the other! */
6856 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6858 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6859 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6861 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6863 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6864 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6865 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6866 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6870 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
6871 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
6874 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
6876 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
6878 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6880 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
6881 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
6882 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
6884 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
6886 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
6888 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
6891 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
6894 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
6895 and they should get garbage-collected. */
6899 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6900 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
6901 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
6903 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6907 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
6909 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6910 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6911 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6915 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, true);
6917 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
6918 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6919 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6920 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6922 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
6923 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
,
6924 /* x, y, width, height */
6925 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
6927 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6928 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6929 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6930 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6935 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6937 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
6938 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
6940 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6945 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
6946 const XEvent
*event
,
6947 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
6949 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
6952 emacs_event
->kind
= (bar
->horizontal
6953 ? HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
6954 : SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
);
6955 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
6956 emacs_event
->modifiers
6957 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
6958 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
6959 event
->xbutton
.state
)
6960 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
6963 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
6964 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
6965 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6966 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6969 = HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
6970 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
- HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
6973 if (x
> left_range
) x
= left_range
;
6976 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
6977 else if (x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
6978 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
6980 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
6982 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6983 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
6984 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6986 int new_start
= - bar
->dragging
;
6987 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
6989 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
6994 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, left_range
);
6995 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, x
);
7000 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7001 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7004 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
7007 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7008 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7009 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7011 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7013 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7014 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7015 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7017 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
7018 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7020 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7025 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
7026 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
7030 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7032 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
7034 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7038 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7039 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
7041 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
7042 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7044 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
7045 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
7046 f
->mouse_moved
= true;
7048 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
7049 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7051 /* Where should the handle be now? */
7052 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
7054 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
7056 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7058 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7063 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7065 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7066 on the scroll bar. */
7069 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7070 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7071 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7073 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7074 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7075 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7076 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7078 Window dummy_window
;
7080 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7084 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7086 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7088 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7089 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7090 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7092 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7095 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7098 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7100 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7102 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7103 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
7107 if (win_y
> top_range
)
7111 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7113 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7114 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7115 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
7116 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7117 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7118 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7120 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7122 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
7123 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
7125 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7126 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7127 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7134 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7135 on the scroll bar. */
7138 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7139 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7140 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7142 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7143 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7144 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7145 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7147 Window dummy_window
;
7149 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7153 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7155 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7157 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7158 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7159 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7161 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7164 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7167 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7169 win_x
-= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7171 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7172 win_x
-= bar
->dragging
;
7176 if (win_x
> left_range
)
7180 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7182 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7183 *part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7184 else if (win_x
< bar
->start
)
7185 *part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7186 else if (win_x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7187 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7189 *part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7191 XSETINT (*y
, win_x
);
7192 XSETINT (*x
, left_range
);
7194 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7195 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7196 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7203 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7204 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7205 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7209 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
7211 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7214 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7215 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7216 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7217 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
7218 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
7219 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7220 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7221 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
7223 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7226 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7228 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
7229 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
7231 static int temp_index
;
7232 static short temp_buffer
[100];
7234 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
7235 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
7237 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
7239 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
7241 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
7243 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
7245 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
7246 on a particular display. */
7248 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
7250 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
7251 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
7252 We try all the open displays, one by one.
7253 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
7255 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
7264 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7265 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
7266 EVENT is the X event to filter.
7268 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
7270 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
7274 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
7276 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
7277 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
7278 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
7281 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7282 event
->xclient
.window
);
7284 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
7289 static int current_count
;
7290 static int current_finish
;
7291 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
7293 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
7294 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
7295 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
7296 static GdkFilterReturn
7297 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
7299 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
7302 if (current_count
>= 0)
7304 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7306 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
7309 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7310 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
7311 so we do it here. */
7312 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
7314 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
7317 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7322 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7325 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
7329 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
7333 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
7334 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7336 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
7338 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7341 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
7342 enum xembed_message
,
7343 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
7346 x_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, Window window
)
7348 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
7349 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
7350 bool sticky
= false;
7352 get_current_wm_state (f
, window
, &value
, &sticky
);
7356 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
7359 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
7362 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
7365 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
7370 frame_size_history_add
7371 (f
, Qx_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
7372 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
7374 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
7375 /** store_frame_param (f, Qsticky, sticky ? Qt : Qnil); **/
7378 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
7380 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
7381 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
7382 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
7383 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
7385 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
7388 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
7389 const XEvent
*event
,
7390 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7393 struct input_event ie
;
7394 struct selection_input_event sie
;
7398 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
7399 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
7400 struct coding_system coding
;
7401 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
7402 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
7403 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
7404 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
7405 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
7406 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
7410 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7412 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
7413 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
7416 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
7418 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
7419 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
7421 switch (event
->type
)
7425 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
7426 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
7428 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
7430 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
7431 because this could be the shell widget window
7432 if the frame has no title bar. */
7435 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
7436 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
7437 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
7440 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
7441 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
7442 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
7443 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
7444 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
7447 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
7448 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
7449 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
7450 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
7453 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
7454 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
7455 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
7458 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
7459 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
7460 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
7462 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
7463 /* The ICCCM says this is
7464 the only valid choice. */
7466 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
7467 /* This is needed to detect the error
7468 if there is an error. */
7470 x_uncatch_errors ();
7472 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
7477 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
7479 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
7480 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
7481 the session manager, who's looking for such a
7482 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
7483 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
7484 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
7485 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
7486 session manager and one for this. */
7488 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
7491 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7492 event
->xclient
.window
);
7493 /* This is just so we only give real data once
7494 for a single Emacs process. */
7495 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
7496 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7497 event
->xclient
.window
,
7498 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
7500 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7501 event
->xclient
.window
,
7507 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
7511 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
7513 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
7514 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7521 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
7524 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
7527 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7529 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
7530 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
7534 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
7541 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
7545 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
7546 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
7549 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
7551 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
7552 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
7554 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
7555 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
7556 currently never do because we are interested in
7557 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
7558 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7559 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7562 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
7563 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7567 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7568 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
7569 we construct an input_event. */
7570 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
7572 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7573 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7576 else if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
7578 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7579 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7582 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7584 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
7585 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
7587 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7588 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
7589 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7591 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7595 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7600 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
7601 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7605 case SelectionNotify
:
7606 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.time
);
7607 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7608 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
7610 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7611 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
7614 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
7615 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.time
);
7616 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7617 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
7619 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7621 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
7623 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
7624 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7625 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7626 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7630 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
7631 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.time
);
7632 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7633 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
7635 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7637 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
7639 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
7640 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7641 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
7642 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7643 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
7644 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
7645 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7649 case PropertyNotify
:
7650 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.time
);
7651 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
7652 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
7654 bool not_hidden
= x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
);
7655 if (not_hidden
&& FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7657 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
7658 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
7659 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
7660 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7661 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7662 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7663 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7664 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7666 else if (! not_hidden
&& ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7668 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7669 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7670 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7671 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7675 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
7676 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7679 case ReparentNotify
:
7680 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
7683 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
7684 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7686 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
7687 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
7688 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
7690 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
7695 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
7698 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
7700 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7701 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7702 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7703 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7707 #if defined (USE_GTK) && ! defined (HAVE_GTK3) && ! defined (USE_CAIRO)
7708 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
7709 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
7711 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7712 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7714 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7715 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7720 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7721 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7723 #if defined USE_LUCID
7724 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
7725 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
7726 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
7728 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
7730 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
7732 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
7734 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7735 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
7737 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7738 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
7739 event
->xexpose
.window
, 2);
7742 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
7743 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7746 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7747 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7751 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7752 source area was obscured or not
7754 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
7756 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
7757 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
7758 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
7759 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
7760 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7763 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7766 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7767 source area was completely
7772 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
7773 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
7776 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
7779 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
7780 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
7781 the frame was deleted. */
7783 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
7784 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
7785 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
7786 display that won't ever be seen. */
7787 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7788 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
7789 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
7790 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
7791 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
7792 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
7793 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
7794 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7796 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7797 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7798 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7804 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
7805 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
7806 frame is visible. */
7807 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
7810 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
7812 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
7813 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
7814 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
7815 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
7817 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7818 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7819 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7823 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7824 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7826 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
7827 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
7828 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
7829 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
7832 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
7839 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
7840 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7842 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7843 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
7844 if (popup_activated ())
7850 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
7851 mouse highlighting. */
7852 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
7853 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7855 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7859 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7860 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= true;
7863 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7866 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
7867 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
7868 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
7869 event
->xkey
.window
);
7870 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
7872 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
7873 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
7876 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7880 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
7881 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
7882 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
7885 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
7886 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
7887 status_return even if the input is too long to
7888 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
7889 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
7890 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
7891 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
7892 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
7893 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
7894 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
7896 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
7898 /* Event will be modified. */
7899 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
7902 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
7903 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
7904 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
7906 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7909 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7910 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
7911 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
7913 /* This will have to go some day... */
7915 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
7916 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
7917 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
7918 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
7919 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
7920 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
7921 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
7923 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
7924 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
7925 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
7926 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
7927 not it is combined with Meta. */
7928 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
7929 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7934 Status status_return
;
7936 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
7937 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
7938 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7939 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7941 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
7943 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
7944 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
7945 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
7946 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7947 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7950 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
7951 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
7953 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
7958 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
7959 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
7963 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7964 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7967 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7968 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7972 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
7973 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
7974 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
7977 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7978 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
7980 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
7981 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7983 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
7984 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
7986 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
7987 translations to characters. */
7988 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
7989 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
7991 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7992 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
7996 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
7997 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
7999 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
8000 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8002 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8003 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
8007 /* Now non-ASCII. */
8008 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
8009 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
8014 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
8015 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8016 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8017 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
8021 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
8022 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
8023 || keysym
== XK_Delete
8024 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8025 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8026 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
8028 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
8029 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
8031 /* This recognizes the "extended function
8032 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
8033 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
8034 mode_switch incorrectly. */
8035 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
8037 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
8038 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
8040 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
8041 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
8043 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
8044 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
8046 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
8047 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
8049 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
8050 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
8052 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
8053 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
8055 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
8056 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
8058 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
8059 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
8061 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
8062 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
8064 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
8065 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
8067 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
8068 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
8070 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
8071 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
8073 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
8074 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
8076 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
8077 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
8078 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
8079 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
8080 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
8081 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
8082 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
8083 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8084 don't have real modifiers but
8085 should be treated similarly to
8086 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
8087 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8088 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
8089 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
8093 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
8094 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
8096 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8097 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8101 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
8105 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
8107 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
8109 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
8112 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
8114 /* Decode the input data. */
8116 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
8117 which depends on which X*LookupString function
8118 we used just above and the locale. */
8119 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
8120 coding
.src_multibyte
= false;
8121 coding
.dst_multibyte
= true;
8122 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
8123 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
8124 gives us composition information. */
8125 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
8127 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
8129 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
8130 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
8131 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
8132 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
8133 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
8134 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
8137 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
8138 character events. */
8139 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
8142 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
8143 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
8145 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
8146 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
8147 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8148 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8150 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
8155 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
8157 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
8160 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
8161 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
8165 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8166 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8174 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
8176 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8177 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8185 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8186 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8190 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
8191 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
8193 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
8194 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
8195 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
8196 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
8198 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
8199 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
8200 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8201 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8206 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8210 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8211 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8213 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
8216 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8218 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8219 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8220 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8221 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8224 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8225 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8226 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8227 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8228 if (any_help_event_p
)
8232 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
8233 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8234 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8239 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8244 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.time
);
8245 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
8246 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8248 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8249 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
8251 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
8253 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= false;
8254 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8258 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8264 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
8265 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
8266 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
8268 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
8269 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
8270 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, false);
8272 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
8273 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
8274 will be selected only when it is active. */
8275 if (WINDOWP (window
)
8276 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
8277 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
8278 /* For click-to-focus window managers
8279 create event iff we don't leave the
8281 && (focus_follows_mouse
8282 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
8283 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
8285 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
8286 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
8288 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
8289 last_mouse_window
= window
;
8291 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
8292 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
8296 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8297 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8298 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
8299 event
->xmotion
.window
, 2);
8302 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
8303 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8305 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8306 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8307 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8310 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
8311 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8312 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
8313 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
8318 case ConfigureNotify
:
8319 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
8321 if (f
) x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8326 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8328 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
8329 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
8331 x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8338 x_net_wm_state (f
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
8340 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8341 /* Tip frames are pure X window, set size for them. */
8342 if (! NILP (tip_frame
) && XFRAME (tip_frame
) == f
)
8344 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) != event
->xconfigure
.height
8345 || FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) != event
->xconfigure
.width
)
8346 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8347 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.height
;
8348 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.width
;
8352 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8354 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
8355 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
8357 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
8358 is called by the code that handles resizing
8359 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
8361 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8362 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8363 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8364 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
8365 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
8366 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8367 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
8369 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
8370 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8371 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8372 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8374 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8378 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
8379 Only get real positions when mapped. */
8380 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
8381 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
8383 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8386 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
8387 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8396 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8397 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8398 bool tool_bar_p
= false;
8400 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8401 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
8402 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.time
);
8404 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8405 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
8408 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8413 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8414 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8415 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8416 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
8419 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
8420 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
8422 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, true);
8423 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
8425 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
8426 handle_tool_bar_click
8427 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
8428 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
8430 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
8433 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8434 if (! popup_activated ())
8437 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8439 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
8440 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8442 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8443 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8445 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
8446 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8449 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8451 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8452 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
8453 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8457 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8458 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
8459 event
->xbutton
.window
, 2);
8461 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8462 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
8464 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
8466 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8467 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8469 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8471 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8472 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8475 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
8477 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8478 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
8479 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8480 if (f
&& !tool_bar_p
)
8481 f
->last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
8482 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8485 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8487 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
8488 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
8489 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
8491 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
8493 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8494 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
8495 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
8496 don't pass it to Xt right now.
8497 Instead, save it away
8498 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
8499 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
8500 if (! popup_activated ()
8502 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
8503 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
8505 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
8506 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
8507 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
8508 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
8509 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8510 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
8511 && event
->xbutton
.y
< FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8512 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
8514 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8515 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
8516 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
8517 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
8518 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8519 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8523 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
8527 case CirculateNotify
:
8530 case CirculateRequest
:
8533 case VisibilityNotify
:
8537 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
8539 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
8541 case MappingModifier
:
8542 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
8543 /* This is meant to fall through. */
8544 case MappingKeyboard
:
8545 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
8550 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
8555 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8557 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
8558 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
8560 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8565 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
8567 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
8572 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
8577 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8583 any_help_event_p
= true;
8584 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
8585 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
8589 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8590 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
8599 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
8600 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
8601 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
8603 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
8605 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
8607 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8608 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
8610 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
8613 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
8618 /* Read events coming from the X server.
8619 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8621 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8622 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
8623 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
8627 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
8630 bool event_found
= false;
8631 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
8635 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
8636 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
8638 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
8639 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
8643 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8648 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
8651 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
8652 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
8657 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
8659 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8665 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
8666 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
8667 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
8668 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
8670 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
8671 from all displays. */
8673 while (gtk_events_pending ())
8675 current_count
= count
;
8676 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
8678 gtk_main_iteration ();
8680 count
= current_count
;
8682 current_hold_quit
= 0;
8684 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8687 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8689 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
8690 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
8693 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
8694 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
8695 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
8697 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
8701 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
8702 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
8704 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
8706 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
8707 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
8711 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
8712 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
8713 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
8715 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
8716 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
8727 /***********************************************************************
8729 ***********************************************************************/
8731 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8732 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8734 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8735 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8736 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8739 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
8740 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
8742 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8743 XRectangle clip_rect
;
8744 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
8746 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
8748 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
8749 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
8750 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
8751 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
8752 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
8754 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
, &clip_rect
, 1);
8758 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8761 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
8763 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8764 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8765 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8768 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8771 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8772 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8773 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8774 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8777 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
8778 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
8779 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1;
8781 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
8782 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
8783 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8784 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
8785 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8787 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8788 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8789 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8791 /* When on R2L character, show cursor at the right edge of the
8792 glyph, unless the cursor box is as wide as the glyph or wider
8793 (the latter happens when x-stretch-cursor is non-nil). */
8794 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8795 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> wd
)
8797 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- wd
;
8801 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
8802 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8803 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
8804 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8808 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8810 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8811 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8812 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8816 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
8818 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8819 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8821 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
8822 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
8824 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8825 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8828 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8829 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8830 the bar might not be in the window. */
8831 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
8833 struct glyph_row
*r
;
8834 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
8835 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8839 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8840 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8841 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8842 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
8843 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
8846 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
8847 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
8848 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
8849 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
8850 that the glyph is legible. */
8851 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
8852 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
8854 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8855 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
8858 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8861 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8862 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
8865 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8867 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
8869 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8872 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
8873 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
8875 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
8877 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
8878 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
8879 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
8880 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
8882 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8883 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
8884 width
, row
->height
);
8886 else /* HBAR_CURSOR */
8888 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
8889 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8892 width
= row
->height
;
8894 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
8896 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
8897 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
8899 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8900 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1)
8901 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- w
->phys_cursor_width
+ 1;
8902 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8903 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
8904 row
->height
- width
),
8905 w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1, width
);
8908 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8913 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
8916 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
8918 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
8919 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
8920 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
8921 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
8925 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
8928 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
8930 x_clear_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
8932 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
8933 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8934 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
8939 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
8942 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
8943 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
8944 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
8946 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8950 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
8951 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= true;
8953 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
8954 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
8955 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
8956 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
8958 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= true;
8959 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
8963 switch (cursor_type
)
8965 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
8966 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
8969 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
8970 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8974 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
8978 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
8982 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
8991 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
8992 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
8993 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
8997 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9003 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
9006 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
9008 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
9010 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9013 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
9014 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9015 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9016 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9021 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
9022 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
9023 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
9025 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9026 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
9027 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
9031 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
9032 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
9038 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
9039 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
9041 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
9045 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
9047 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
9049 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9053 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
9056 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
9057 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
9061 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9062 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9066 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
9067 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
9068 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
9069 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
9070 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9072 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
9075 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
9076 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
9082 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
9083 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
9086 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
9088 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9093 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
9094 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
9096 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
9097 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
9100 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9101 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9102 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9103 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
9108 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
9110 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
9111 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
9113 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
9114 be called from a signal handler.
9117 struct x_error_message_stack
{
9118 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9120 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
9122 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
9124 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
9125 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
9126 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
9129 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9131 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
9132 x_error_message
->string
,
9133 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9136 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
9137 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
9140 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
9141 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
9142 stored in *x_error_message.
9144 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
9145 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
9147 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
9150 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9152 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
9154 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
9158 data
->string
[0] = 0;
9159 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
9160 x_error_message
= data
;
9163 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
9164 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
9167 x_uncatch_errors (void)
9169 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
9173 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
9174 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
9175 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
9176 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
9178 tmp
= x_error_message
;
9179 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
9184 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
9185 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
9186 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
9189 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
9191 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9194 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
9196 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9197 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9198 x_uncatch_errors ();
9199 error (format
, string
);
9203 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
9204 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9207 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
9209 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9212 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
9215 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9218 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9220 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
9224 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
9225 * idea. --lorentey */
9226 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
9229 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
9231 while (x_error_message
)
9232 x_uncatch_errors ();
9237 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
9240 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
9245 /************************************************************************
9247 ************************************************************************/
9249 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
9251 static char *error_msg
;
9253 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
9254 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
9257 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
, bool ioerror
)
9259 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
9260 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9261 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9263 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
9264 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
9266 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
9267 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
9271 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
9273 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
9274 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
9276 if (ioerror
) dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9278 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
9279 that are on the dead display. */
9280 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9282 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
9284 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
9285 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9286 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
9287 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
9288 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9289 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9292 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
9293 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
9294 for another frame that we need to delete. */
9295 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9296 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9297 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9299 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
9300 trying to find a replacement. */
9301 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
9302 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9305 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
9306 first place, so don't try to close it. */
9309 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
9310 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
9311 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
9313 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
9314 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
9315 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
9316 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
9317 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
9318 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
9319 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
9320 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
9321 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
9324 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9326 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
9327 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9329 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9330 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
9331 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
9332 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
9337 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
9338 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
9342 if (terminal_list
== 0)
9344 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
9345 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
9349 totally_unblock_input ();
9351 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
9352 clear_waiting_for_input ();
9354 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
9355 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
9357 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
9358 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
9359 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
9360 error ("%s", error_msg
);
9363 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
9364 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
9365 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
9367 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
9368 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
9371 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9373 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
9374 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
9375 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
9381 if (x_error_message
)
9382 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
9384 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
9388 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
9389 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
9390 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9392 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
9394 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
9395 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
9397 static void NO_INLINE
9398 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9400 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
9402 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
9403 or colors that are not defined. */
9405 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
9408 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
9409 original error handler. */
9411 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
9412 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
9413 buf
, event
->request_code
);
9414 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
, false);
9418 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
9419 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
9420 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9423 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
9427 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
9428 DisplayString (display
));
9429 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
, true);
9433 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9435 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
9436 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
9437 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
9441 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
9443 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
9447 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
9448 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
9449 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
9450 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
9454 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
9455 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
9456 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
9457 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9459 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9460 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9463 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
9465 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
9467 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9468 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9469 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
9470 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9472 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9474 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
9476 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
9477 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
9478 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
9479 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9480 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
9481 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 3,
9487 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
9490 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
9499 /***********************************************************************
9501 ***********************************************************************/
9507 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
9508 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
9509 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
9512 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9514 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
9515 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9519 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
9520 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9522 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9523 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
9525 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
9526 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
9530 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
9531 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9532 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9536 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
9538 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9539 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
9542 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9550 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9551 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
9558 XIMCallback destroy
;
9561 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
9562 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
9565 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
9566 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
9567 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
9573 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9574 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9578 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9580 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
9581 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
9582 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
9583 when the callback was registered. */
9586 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9588 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
9589 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
9591 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
9595 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9597 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
9598 as they have no XIC. */
9599 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
9601 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9604 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9606 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9609 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
9610 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
9612 create_frame_xic (f
);
9613 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
9614 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
9615 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
9617 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
9618 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
9627 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9630 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9631 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
9632 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
9633 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
9636 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9638 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9642 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9643 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
9646 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
9647 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
9648 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
9649 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
9650 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9651 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9652 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
9653 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
9654 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9655 eassert (ret
== True
);
9656 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9657 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
9658 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9660 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9664 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
9667 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9672 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9673 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
9675 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9677 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
9678 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9679 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9680 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9681 eassert (ret
== True
);
9683 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9685 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9686 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9687 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9688 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9689 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9691 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9694 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9698 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9699 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9702 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
9704 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
9706 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
9707 is already for the top-left corner. */
9708 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
9711 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9712 position that fits on the screen. */
9713 if (flags
& XNegative
)
9714 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9715 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
9718 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9720 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
9721 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
9722 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
9724 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
9725 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
9726 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
9727 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
9730 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
9731 2000-12-01, gerd. */
9733 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
9736 if (flags
& YNegative
)
9737 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9738 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
9741 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9742 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9743 so the flags should correspond. */
9744 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9747 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9748 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9749 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9750 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9751 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9754 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
9756 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
9758 if (change_gravity
> 0)
9762 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9764 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
9766 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
9767 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9769 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
9772 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
9774 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9775 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9777 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
9779 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
9780 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
9781 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
9782 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
9783 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
9786 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9787 modified_left
, modified_top
);
9789 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
9790 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
);
9792 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
9793 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
9794 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
9795 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
9798 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
9799 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
9800 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
9802 if (change_gravity
!= 0
9803 && (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
9804 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
9805 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
9806 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
9807 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
9812 /* Return true if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
9813 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
9814 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
9815 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9816 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
9819 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
9822 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9823 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9825 Window wmcheck_window
;
9826 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9827 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
9828 int max_len
= 65536;
9829 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9830 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9831 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
9835 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9836 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9837 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
9838 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9839 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9840 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9842 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9844 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9845 x_uncatch_errors ();
9850 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
9853 /* Check if window exists. */
9854 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
9856 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9858 x_uncatch_errors ();
9863 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
9865 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
9866 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
9867 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
9868 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
9869 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
9870 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
9872 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9874 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9875 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
9876 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9877 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9878 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9880 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9882 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9883 x_uncatch_errors ();
9888 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
9889 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
9890 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
9895 for (i
= 0; !ret
&& i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
9896 ret
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
9898 x_uncatch_errors ();
9905 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, bool add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
9907 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
9909 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9910 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9912 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
9916 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
9918 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
9923 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
9926 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9928 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9930 set_wm_state (frame
, !NILP (new_value
),
9931 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
9934 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
9935 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
9936 Set *STICKY to the sticky state.
9938 Return true iff we are not hidden. */
9941 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
9947 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9948 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9949 bool is_hidden
= false;
9950 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9951 long max_len
= 65536;
9952 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9953 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9954 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9957 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
9960 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9961 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9962 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9963 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9964 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9966 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9968 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9969 x_uncatch_errors ();
9971 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
9974 x_uncatch_errors ();
9976 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
9978 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
9979 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
9981 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
9983 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
9984 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
9986 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
9988 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
9990 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
9991 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
9993 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
9995 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
9996 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
9997 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10001 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
10003 return ! is_hidden
;
10006 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
10009 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10011 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10012 bool have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
10016 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
10018 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
10019 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
10020 if (!have_net_atom
)
10021 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
10023 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
10027 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10029 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
10030 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
10031 are sent at once. */
10032 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10034 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10035 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10036 set_wm_state (frame
, true, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10039 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10040 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10042 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10043 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10044 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10045 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10046 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10050 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
10051 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10052 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10053 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10054 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10055 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10056 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10059 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10060 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10062 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10063 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10064 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10065 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10066 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10070 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
10071 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10072 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10073 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
10074 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10075 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10076 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10079 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10080 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10082 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10083 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
10084 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10085 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10086 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10088 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10090 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10091 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10092 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10093 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10094 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10096 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10098 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10099 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10100 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10101 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10102 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10106 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10107 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10109 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10110 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10111 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10112 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10113 set_wm_state (frame
, true, None
,
10114 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10116 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10117 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10118 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10121 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
10122 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10123 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10126 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10127 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10128 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10131 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10135 return have_net_atom
;
10139 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
10141 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10144 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
10152 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
10154 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10156 bool sticky
= false;
10157 bool not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
10162 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10165 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10166 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10168 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10171 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10176 frame_size_history_add
10177 (f
, Qx_handle_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
10178 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
10180 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10181 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10186 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10187 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10189 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10191 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
10194 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10195 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
10197 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
10198 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
10199 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
10201 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
10203 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10204 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10206 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10208 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
10209 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10210 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10211 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10212 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10214 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10215 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10216 height
= height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10218 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10219 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10222 frame_size_history_add
10223 (f
, Qx_check_fullscreen
, width
, height
, Qnil
);
10225 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10228 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10229 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10232 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
- FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
),
10233 false, true, false, true);
10239 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
10240 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
10241 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
10242 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
10243 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
10244 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
10245 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
10248 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
10250 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10252 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
10253 window manager window around the frame. */
10255 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10257 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
10259 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
10264 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
10265 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
10266 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
10268 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
10270 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
10271 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
10273 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10274 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
10276 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, false);
10279 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
10280 frame's position. */
10282 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
10286 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
10287 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
10288 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
10289 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
10290 of an exact comparison. */
10293 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, bool fuzzy
)
10297 while (count
++ < 50)
10299 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10301 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
10302 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
10305 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10306 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10310 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
10313 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
10314 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
10317 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
10321 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
10322 will then return up-to-date position info. */
10324 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000000, 0, false, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
10328 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
10330 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
10332 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
10335 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
10336 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10338 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
10340 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
10341 Maybe it should be configurable. */
10342 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10343 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
10345 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
10347 pending_signals
= true;
10348 totally_unblock_input ();
10349 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
10351 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
10356 time_now
= current_timespec ();
10357 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
10360 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
10361 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
10362 break; /* Timeout */
10365 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
10369 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to WIDTH/HEIGHT in the case F
10370 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to
10371 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
10372 size changes. Otherwise leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10375 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10376 int width
, int height
)
10378 int pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
);
10379 int pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
10380 int old_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
10381 int old_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10382 Lisp_Object fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
10384 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10385 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10387 /* When the frame is fullheight and we only want to change the width
10388 or it is fullwidth and we only want to change the height we should
10389 be able to preserve the fullscreen property. However, due to the
10390 fact that we have to send a resize request anyway, the window
10391 manager will abolish it. At least the respective size should
10392 remain unchanged but giving the frame back its normal size will
10394 if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
) && width
== FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
))
10396 frame_size_history_add
10397 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_1
, width
, height
,
10398 list2 (make_number (old_height
),
10399 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10401 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10402 old_width
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10404 else if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullheight
) && height
== FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
))
10406 frame_size_history_add
10407 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_2
, width
, height
,
10408 list2 (make_number (old_width
), make_number (pixelwidth
)));
10410 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10411 pixelwidth
, old_height
);
10416 frame_size_history_add
10417 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_3
, width
, height
,
10418 list2 (make_number (pixelwidth
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
)),
10419 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
10420 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10422 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10423 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10429 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10430 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10431 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10432 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10433 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10435 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10436 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10437 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10438 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10440 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10441 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10442 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10443 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10444 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10446 Pass true for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10449 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
10450 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
10451 for the ConfigureNotify. */
10452 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10454 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10456 if (!NILP (fullscreen
))
10457 /* Try to restore fullscreen state. */
10459 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10460 x_set_fullscreen (f
, fullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10465 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
10471 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10472 If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to top-left-corner window gravity
10473 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10474 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10477 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10478 int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
10482 /* The following breaks our calculations. If it's really needed,
10483 think of something else. */
10485 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
10487 int text_width
, text_height
;
10489 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
10490 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
10491 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
10492 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
10493 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
10494 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
10495 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
10496 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10497 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10498 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
10500 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10502 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
10503 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
10505 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, false, true, false, true);
10509 /* Pixelize width and height, if necessary. */
10512 width
= width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10513 height
= height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10517 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
10518 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
10520 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10521 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10522 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10523 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
10524 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10526 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10527 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
10529 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10530 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10531 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10532 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10533 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10537 do_pending_window_change (false);
10540 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
10543 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
10547 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10548 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
10552 /* Raise frame F. */
10555 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10558 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10559 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10560 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10564 /* Lower frame F. */
10567 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10569 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10572 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10573 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10578 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
10581 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
10583 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
10584 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
10585 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10586 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
10587 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
10590 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
10593 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10595 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
10596 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
10598 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10600 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
10603 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10604 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
10605 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
10607 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
10612 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, bool raise_flag
)
10620 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10622 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
10624 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10626 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
10629 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
10631 unsigned long data
[2];
10632 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10634 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
10637 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10638 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
10639 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
10641 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
10644 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
10645 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
10649 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10650 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
10651 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
10652 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10653 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
10654 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
10655 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
10656 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
10657 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
10659 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
10660 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
10661 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10664 /* Change of visibility. */
10666 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10667 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10668 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10669 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10670 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10671 finishes with it. */
10674 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
10676 int original_top
, original_left
;
10681 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10683 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10685 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10686 call x_set_offset a second time
10687 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10688 before the window gets really visible. */
10689 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10690 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10691 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
10692 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10694 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= true;
10696 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10697 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
10698 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10699 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10700 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10703 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10704 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10706 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10708 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10709 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10711 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10712 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10714 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10715 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10716 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10719 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10721 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10722 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10723 so that incoming events are handled. */
10726 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
10727 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
10728 will set it when they are handled. */
10729 bool previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
10731 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
10732 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
10734 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10737 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
10739 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
10740 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
10741 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
10742 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
10744 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
10745 because the window manager may choose the position
10746 and we don't want to override it. */
10748 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10749 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10750 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10751 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
10752 && previously_visible
)
10756 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
10760 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
10761 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
10762 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
10763 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
10764 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
10765 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
10766 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
10767 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10768 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
10770 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
10771 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10772 original_left
, original_top
);
10777 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10779 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
10780 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10782 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10785 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
10786 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
10787 Prevent an endless loop. */
10788 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
10791 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
10792 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
10794 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
10795 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
10796 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
10797 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
10798 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
10800 if (input_polling_used ())
10802 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
10803 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
10804 handler reset it. */
10805 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
10806 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
10807 poll_for_input_1 ();
10808 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
10811 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10814 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
10815 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10821 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10823 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10826 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
10830 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
10831 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10833 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10834 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10835 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10839 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
10840 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
10841 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
10842 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
10843 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
10844 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, true);
10847 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10848 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10851 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10852 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
10857 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
10858 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
10861 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
10865 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10866 just by the event that we get from the server.
10867 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10868 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10869 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10870 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10871 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
10878 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10881 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10883 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10887 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10888 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10889 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10891 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
10896 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10898 #if defined (USE_GTK)
10899 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10901 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10902 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10904 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10905 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10906 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10912 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10914 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10916 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10917 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
10918 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10919 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10920 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
10921 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
10922 so we have to record it here. */
10923 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10924 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10929 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10930 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
10931 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
10935 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
10937 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10938 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10941 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10943 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10945 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
10946 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
10947 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10948 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10949 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10950 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10952 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
10953 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
10955 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
10956 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
10960 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
10961 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10962 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
10963 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10964 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
10966 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10967 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
10969 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
10973 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
10977 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
10979 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
10981 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10983 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
10984 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10987 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10988 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10990 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10992 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10996 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10999 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
11001 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11002 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
11003 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11005 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
11010 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11011 commands to the X server. */
11012 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
11014 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
11015 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
11016 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
11017 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
11019 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
11020 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
11022 free_frame_faces (f
);
11024 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
11025 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
11027 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11028 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
11029 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
11030 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
11031 toolkit scroll bars. */
11032 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
11034 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
11035 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
11041 free_frame_xic (f
);
11044 x_free_cr_resources (f
);
11045 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11046 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11048 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11049 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
11051 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
11052 we are using a toolkit. */
11053 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11054 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11056 free_frame_menubar (f
);
11058 if (f
->shell_position
)
11059 xfree (f
->shell_position
);
11060 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11063 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
11064 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11066 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11067 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11068 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11070 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11071 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11072 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
11073 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
11074 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
11075 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
11077 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
11078 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
11079 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
11080 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
11081 #if defined (USE_LUCID) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
11082 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
11083 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11084 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
11085 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11086 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
11087 #endif /* USE_LUCID && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11088 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11089 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
11090 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11091 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
11095 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
11096 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
11098 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
11099 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
11101 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
11103 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
11104 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
11107 /* Free cursors. */
11108 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
11109 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
11110 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
11111 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
11112 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
11113 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
11114 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
11115 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
11116 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
11117 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
11118 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11119 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
11120 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11121 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
11123 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11126 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
11127 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
11128 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
11130 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11131 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11132 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
11133 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11134 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
11135 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11136 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
11137 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
11143 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
11146 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
11148 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11150 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11151 commands to the X server. */
11152 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
11153 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
11155 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
11159 /* Setting window manager hints. */
11161 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
11162 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
11163 that the window now has.
11164 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
11165 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
11166 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
11170 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
11172 XSizeHints size_hints
;
11173 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11178 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11179 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11181 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11186 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
11187 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
11189 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
11190 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
11192 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
11193 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
11195 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11196 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11198 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11199 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11200 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11201 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11203 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
11205 int base_width
, base_height
;
11206 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
11208 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11209 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11211 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
11212 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
11213 frame size very small. */
11215 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
11216 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
11219 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
11220 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
11221 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
11222 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
11223 zero-row, zero-column frame.
11225 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
11226 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
11227 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
11229 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
11230 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
11231 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
11232 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11233 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11236 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
11239 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11244 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
11245 long supplied_return
;
11248 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
11252 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11257 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
11258 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
11259 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
11260 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
11261 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
11262 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11263 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
11264 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
11271 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
11272 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
11276 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
11277 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11279 #endif /* PWinGravity */
11281 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
11283 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
11285 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
11288 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
11290 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11293 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
11294 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11295 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11296 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11298 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
11299 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
11301 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11302 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11306 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
11308 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
11310 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
11311 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11316 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
11317 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
11318 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
11319 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
11323 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
11331 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
11335 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
11339 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
11340 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11341 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
11342 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11345 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11347 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
11348 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11350 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11354 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
11356 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11358 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
11359 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
11360 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
11362 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11366 /***********************************************************************
11368 ***********************************************************************/
11372 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
11376 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
11378 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
11379 if (font
->driver
->check
)
11380 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
11383 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11386 /***********************************************************************
11388 ***********************************************************************/
11390 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11391 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
11392 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11393 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
11395 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
11396 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11397 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11399 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11400 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11401 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11402 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11403 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11404 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11405 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
11408 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
11410 static bool x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
11412 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11414 static int x_initialized
;
11416 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
11417 the screen number from the server number. */
11419 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
11421 bool seen_colon
= false;
11422 Lisp_Object sysname
= Fsystem_name ();
11423 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (sysname
);
11424 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (sysname
);
11425 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
11427 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
11428 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
11429 length_until_period
++;
11431 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
11432 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
11434 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
11436 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
11437 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11438 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11439 name1
+= system_name_length
;
11440 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11441 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11442 name2
+= system_name_length
;
11443 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
11444 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11445 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11446 name1
+= length_until_period
;
11447 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11448 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11449 name2
+= length_until_period
;
11451 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
11455 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
11459 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
11460 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
11463 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
11464 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
11467 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
11472 while (!(mask
& 1))
11488 /* Return true iff display DISPLAY is available for use.
11489 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11492 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
11494 /* XOpenDisplay fails if it gets a signal. Block SIGIO which may arrive. */
11495 unrequest_sigio ();
11496 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11500 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11506 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
11507 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
11509 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
11510 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
11514 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
11517 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11519 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11520 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
11525 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11526 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
11527 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
11531 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
11532 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
11533 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
11534 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
11536 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
11539 x_uncatch_errors ();
11544 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
11547 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
11551 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
11554 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11557 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
11560 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11564 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11566 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11567 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11570 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11573 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
11576 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11578 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
11580 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11581 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
11583 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11584 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
11585 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11588 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
11591 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11593 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
11594 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
11595 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
11596 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11599 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11600 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
11604 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
11605 connection established. */
11606 static unsigned x_display_id
;
11608 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11609 the structure that describes the open display.
11610 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11612 struct x_display_info
*
11613 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
11616 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11617 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11623 if (!x_initialized
)
11629 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
11630 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
11634 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11636 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11637 char **argv2
= argv
;
11640 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11642 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
11646 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
11647 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
11649 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11653 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11655 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11657 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
11658 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
11661 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
11662 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11664 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11666 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
11667 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
11668 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
11669 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
11671 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
11672 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
11673 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11675 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
11677 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11678 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11682 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
11686 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
11688 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
11689 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11691 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11692 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11694 s
= build_string (file
);
11695 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11697 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11698 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
11702 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11703 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11706 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11707 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11708 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11710 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11711 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11712 So let's not use it until R6. */
11713 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11714 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11725 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11726 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11728 turn_on_atimers (false);
11729 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11730 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
11731 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11732 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11735 turn_on_atimers (true);
11737 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11738 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11743 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11744 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11745 unrequest_sigio (); // See comment in x_display_ok.
11746 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
11748 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11749 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11751 /* Detect failure. */
11758 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11760 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11761 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11764 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11766 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
11767 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
11768 SSDATA (display_name
)))
11771 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11774 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
11776 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11778 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11780 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
11781 list of terminals. */
11782 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
11783 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
11784 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
11785 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
11787 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
11788 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
11790 kset_system_key_alist
11792 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11793 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
11795 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
11796 terminal_list
= terminal
;
11800 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11801 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11802 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11803 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11804 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11806 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11809 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11810 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11811 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11813 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
11814 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11815 dpyinfo
->connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11817 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11818 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
11821 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11824 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
11825 Lisp_Object system_name
= Fsystem_name ();
11826 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (system_name
))
11827 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
11828 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
11829 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11830 + SBYTES (system_name
) + 2);
11831 char *nametail
= lispstpcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, Vinvocation_name
);
11833 lispstpcpy (nametail
, system_name
);
11835 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11836 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11838 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11840 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11841 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
11842 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11844 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
11845 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
11847 dpyinfo
->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor
11848 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
11850 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
11851 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
11852 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11853 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
11855 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
11857 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
11859 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
11861 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
11862 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
11863 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
11864 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11865 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11866 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
11867 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
11869 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
11871 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
11872 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
11874 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
11875 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
11876 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
11877 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
11878 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
11879 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
11882 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
11883 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
11885 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
11887 AUTO_STRING (privateColormap
, "privateColormap");
11888 AUTO_STRING (PrivateColormap
, "PrivateColormap");
11890 = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, privateColormap
,
11891 PrivateColormap
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
11892 if (STRINGP (value
)
11893 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
11894 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
11895 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
11899 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11900 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
11904 /* If we are using Xft, the following precautions should be made:
11906 1. Make sure that the Xrender extension is added before the Xft one.
11907 Otherwise, the close-display hook set by Xft is called after the one
11908 for Xrender, and the former tries to re-add the latter. This results
11909 in inconsistency of internal states and leads to X protocol error when
11910 one reconnects to the same X server (Bug#1696).
11912 2. Check dpi value in X resources. It is better we use it as well,
11913 since Xft will use it, as will all Gnome applications. If our real DPI
11914 is smaller or larger than the one Xft uses, our font will look smaller
11915 or larger than other for other applications, even if it is the same
11916 font name (monospace-10 for example). */
11918 int event_base
, error_base
;
11922 XRenderQueryExtension (dpyinfo
->display
, &event_base
, &error_base
);
11924 v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
11925 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
11926 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
11930 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
11932 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11933 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11934 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11935 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11936 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11937 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11938 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11939 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11940 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11944 static const struct
11949 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
11950 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
11951 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
11952 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
11953 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
11954 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
11955 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
11956 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
11957 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
11958 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
11959 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
11960 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
11961 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
11962 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
11963 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
11964 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
11965 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
11966 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
11967 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
11968 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
11969 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
11970 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
11971 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
11972 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
11973 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
11974 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
11975 /* For properties of font. */
11976 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
11977 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
11978 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
11979 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
11980 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
11981 /* Ghostscript support. */
11982 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
11983 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
11984 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
11985 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
11986 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
11988 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
11989 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
11990 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
11991 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
11992 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
11993 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
11994 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
11995 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
11996 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
11997 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
11998 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
11999 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
12000 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
12001 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
12002 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
12003 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
12004 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
12005 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
12006 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
12007 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
12008 /* Session management */
12009 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
12010 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
12011 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
12015 enum { atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
) };
12016 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN. */
12017 enum { total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
};
12018 Atom atoms_return
[total_atom_count
];
12019 char *atom_names
[total_atom_count
];
12020 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
12021 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
12022 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
12024 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12025 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
12027 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name. */
12028 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
12029 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
12030 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
12032 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
12033 False
, atoms_return
);
12035 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12036 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
12038 /* Manually copy last atom. */
12039 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
12042 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
12043 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
12044 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
12046 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12047 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
12050 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
12053 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12056 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12058 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
12059 if (dpyinfo
->connection
!= 0)
12060 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12063 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
12064 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
12066 if (interrupt_input
)
12067 init_sigio (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12071 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
12074 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
12075 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
12076 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
12077 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
12078 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
12079 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
12080 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
12081 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12082 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
12084 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
12085 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
12086 /* Do not free XFontStruct returned by the above call to XQueryFont.
12087 This leads to X protocol errors at XtCloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12088 x_uncatch_errors ();
12092 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
12093 for debugging X code. */
12095 AUTO_STRING (synchronous
, "synchronous");
12096 AUTO_STRING (Synchronous
, "Synchronous");
12097 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, synchronous
,
12098 Synchronous
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
12099 if (STRINGP (value
)
12100 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12101 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12102 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
12106 AUTO_STRING (useXIM
, "useXIM");
12107 AUTO_STRING (UseXIM
, "UseXIM");
12108 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, useXIM
, UseXIM
,
12111 if (STRINGP (value
)
12112 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
12113 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
12116 if (STRINGP (value
)
12117 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12118 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12124 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
12125 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
12126 tty or started as a daemon. */
12127 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && ! IS_DAEMON
)
12128 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12132 x_extension_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12140 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
12141 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
12144 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12146 struct terminal
*t
;
12148 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
12150 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
12151 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
12154 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
12155 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
12156 x_session_close ();
12158 delete_terminal (t
);
12162 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
12163 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12165 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
12166 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12169 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
12171 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
12172 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
12173 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
12176 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
12177 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
12178 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
12182 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12184 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
12185 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
12186 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
12187 that slows us down. */
12190 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
12193 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= false;
12194 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
12196 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
12197 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
12198 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
12199 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
12204 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
12205 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
12206 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
12207 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
12208 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
12209 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
12210 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
12213 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
12216 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
12218 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
12219 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
12220 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= true;
12225 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12228 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
12230 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
12232 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
12236 x_clear_end_of_line
,
12238 x_after_update_window_line
,
12239 x_update_window_begin
,
12240 x_update_window_end
,
12242 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
12243 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
12244 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
12245 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
12247 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap
,
12248 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap
,
12250 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
12251 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
12253 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
12254 x_draw_glyph_string
,
12255 x_define_frame_cursor
,
12256 x_clear_frame_area
,
12257 x_draw_window_cursor
,
12258 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
12259 x_draw_window_divider
,
12260 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
, /* Never called; see comment in function. */
12266 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
12268 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
12270 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
12272 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
12273 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
12274 if (!terminal
->name
)
12279 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
12282 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
12285 /* Normally, the display is available... */
12286 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12288 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
12289 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
12291 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
12292 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
12293 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
12294 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
12296 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
12297 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
12298 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
12299 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
12300 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
12301 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
12302 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
12303 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
12304 leaks in other situations. */
12306 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12307 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
12309 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
12311 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
12312 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
12313 closing all the displays. */
12314 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
12318 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
12320 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12321 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12323 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12325 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
12326 /* Do not close the connection here because it's already closed
12327 by X(t)CloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12328 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
12331 /* ...but if called from x_connection_closed, the display may already
12332 be closed and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. Since
12333 X server is most likely gone, explicit close is the only reliable
12334 way to continue and avoid Bug#19147. */
12335 else if (dpyinfo
->connection
>= 0)
12336 emacs_close (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12338 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
12339 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12340 /* Mark as dead. */
12341 dpyinfo
->connection
= -1;
12343 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
12347 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
12348 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
12350 static struct terminal
*
12351 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12353 struct terminal
*terminal
;
12355 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
12357 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
12358 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
12360 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
12362 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
12363 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
12364 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
12365 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
12366 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
12367 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
12368 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
12369 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
12370 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
12371 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
12372 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
12373 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
12374 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
12375 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
12376 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
12377 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
12379 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
12380 terminal
->set_horizontal_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar
;
12381 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
12382 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
12383 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
12384 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
12385 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
12386 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
12392 x_initialize (void)
12397 any_help_event_p
= false;
12398 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
12401 current_count
= -1;
12404 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
12405 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
12407 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12408 XtToolkitInitialize ();
12410 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
12412 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
12413 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
12414 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
12415 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
12416 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
12417 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
12418 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
12420 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
12423 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12425 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
12426 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
12431 x_cr_init_fringe (&x_redisplay_interface
);
12434 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
12435 original error handler. */
12436 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
12437 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
12444 /* Emacs can handle only core input events, so make sure
12445 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
12446 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
12451 syms_of_xterm (void)
12453 x_error_message
= NULL
;
12455 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
12456 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
12459 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
12460 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
12462 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
12465 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
12466 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
12467 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
12468 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
12469 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
12470 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
12471 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
12473 x_use_underline_position_properties
= true;
12475 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
12476 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
12477 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
12478 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
12479 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
12480 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
12481 x_underline_at_descent_line
= false;
12483 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
12484 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
12485 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
12486 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
12487 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
12488 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
12489 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
12490 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
12491 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= false;
12493 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
12494 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
12495 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
12496 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
12497 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
12498 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
12499 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12501 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
12502 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
12503 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
12505 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
12507 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
12510 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
12513 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
12514 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
12515 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
12516 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
12517 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
12518 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
12519 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
12520 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
12521 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
12523 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
12524 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
12525 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12526 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
12527 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
12528 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
12530 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
12531 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
12532 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12533 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
12534 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
12535 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
12537 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
12538 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
12539 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12540 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
12541 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
12542 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
12544 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
12545 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
12546 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12547 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
12548 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
12549 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
12551 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
12552 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
12553 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
12554 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
12555 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
12558 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-frame-normalize-before-maximize",
12559 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
,
12560 doc
: /* Non-nil means normalize frame before maximizing.
12561 If this variable is t, Emacs first asks the window manager to give the
12562 frame its normal size, and only then the final state, whenever changing
12563 from a full-height, full-width or full-both state to the maximized one
12564 or when changing from the maximized to the full-height or full-width
12567 Set this variable only if your window manager cannot handle the
12568 transition between the various maximization states. */);
12569 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
= false;